THUNDER TIGER S3 EB 4 User manual

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855A7075 UPPERARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 feat ures the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860HARD SWAYBAR
BALL, S3
PD1863LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864LITE HEX WHLADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construction and more than innovative, good looking and high performance
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVETRAIN 5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust thecaster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
FrontAnti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint:Using a needle nose pliers to install orreinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1:When putting the clips behind upperarms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering withsteering slider.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentricbushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
EccentricTotalCharacteristics
Bushing
FF-16˚Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF07˚
FF18˚Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper armSharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper armSlower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1.ToeAdjustment (Front)Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steeringrod.
ToeAdjustment
(Rear)
ToeAdjustment
(Front)
Note:Ensure you adjust either the lengthof right and left
tie rod the same.
2.ToeAdjustment (Rear)Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead.Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No.Rear toe-in angleSteering Characteristics
RR1Less rear toe-inIncreases steering but decreases the
(Less grip )stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3More rear toe-inDecreases steering but increases stability
(More grip)on power when exiting corners.
Rod lengthSteering Characteristics
Tuning longer• Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in• Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter• Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out• Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the dif ferent suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for CamberAngle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm
3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm
RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Please read all instructions thoroughly before assembling the kit.
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUTIN
IN
Less CasterMore Caster
3mm2mm1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONTTOE
REARTOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855A7075 UPPERARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 features the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860HARD SWAYBAR
BALL, S3
PD1863LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864LITE HEX WHLADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construction and more than innovative, good looking and high performance
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVETRAIN 5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust thecaster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
FrontAnti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint:Using a needle nose pliers to install orreinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1:When putting the clips behind upperarms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering withsteering slider.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentricbushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
EccentricTotalCharacteristics
Bushing
FF-16˚Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF07˚
FF18˚Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper armSharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper armSlower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1.ToeAdjustment (Front)Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steeringrod.
ToeAdjustment
(Rear)
ToeAdjustment
(Front)
Note:Ensure you adjust either the lengthof right and left
tie rod the same.
2.ToeAdjustment (Rear)Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead.Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No.Rear toe-in angleSteering Characteristics
RR1Less rear toe-inIncreases steering but decreases the
(Less grip )stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3More rear toe-inDecreases steering but increases stability
(More grip)on power when exiting corners.
Rod lengthSteering Characteristics
Tuning longer• Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in• Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter• Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out• Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the dif ferent suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for CamberAngle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm
3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm
RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUTIN
IN
Less CasterMore Caster
3mm2mm1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONTTOE
REARTOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855A7075 UPPERARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 feat ures the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860HARD SWAYBAR
BALL, S3
PD1863LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864LITE HEX WHLADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construction and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust thecaster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
FrontAnti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint:Using a needle nose pliers to install orreinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1:When putting the clips behind upperarms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering withsteering slider.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentricbushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
EccentricTotalCharacteristics
Bushing
FF-16˚Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF07˚
FF18˚Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper armSharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper armSlower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1.ToeAdjustment (Front)Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steeringrod.
ToeAdjustment
(Rear)
ToeAdjustment
(Front)
Note:Ensure you adjust either the lengthof right and left
tie rod the same.
2.ToeAdjustment (Rear)Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead.Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No.Rear toe-in angleSteering Characteristics
RR1Less rear toe-inIncreases steering but decreases the
(Less grip )stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3More rear toe-inDecreases steering but increases stability
(More grip)on power when exiting corners.
Rod lengthSteering Characteristics
Tuning longer• Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in• Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter• Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out• Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for CamberAngle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm
3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm
RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUTIN
IN
Less CasterMore Caster
3mm2mm1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONTTOE
REARTOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855A7075 UPPERARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 features the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
bag
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust thecaster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
FrontAnti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint:Using a needle nose pliers to install orreinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1:When putting the clips behind upperarms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering withsteering slider.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentricbushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
EccentricTotalCharacteristics
Bushing
FF-16˚Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF07˚
FF18˚Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper armSharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper armSlower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1.ToeAdjustment (Front)Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steeringrod.
ToeAdjustment
(Rear)
ToeAdjustment
(Front)
Note:Ensure you adjust either the lengthof right and left
tie rod the same.
2.ToeAdjustment (Rear)Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead.Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No.Rear toe-in angleSteering Characteristics
RR1Less rear toe-inIncreases steering but decreases the
(Less grip )stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3More rear toe-inDecreases steering but increases stability
(More grip)on power when exiting corners.
Rod lengthSteering Characteristics
Tuning longer• Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in• Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter• Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out• Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for CamberAngle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm
3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm
RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUTIN
IN
Less CasterMore Caster
3mm2mm1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONTTOE
REARTOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPERARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 features the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
A
bag
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust thecaster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
FrontAnti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint:Using a needle nose pliers to install orreinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1:When putting the clips behind upperarms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering withsteering slider.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentricbushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
EccentricTotalCharacteristics
Bushing
FF-16˚Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF07˚
FF18˚Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper armSharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper armSlower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Steering rod
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm
RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less CasterMore Caster
3mm2mm1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONTCAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPER ARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 feat ures the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust the caster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
Front Anti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint: Using a needle nose pliers to install or reinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1: When putting the clips behind upper arms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering with steering slider.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentric bushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
Eccentric Total Characteristics
Bushing
FF-1 6˚ Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF0 7˚
FF1 8˚ Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper arm Sharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper arm Slower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.RearAnti-SquatAdjustment:Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the dif ferent plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of therear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
RearAnti-Squat
Adjustment
6.CamberAdjustment(Front):Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp.Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter.More steering
Negative camber.
EccentricServo saverCamber adjusting range
bushingstop plateof the front camber
Outer holeMore camber adjustment
Inner holeLess camber adjustment
Note1:To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber ,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkheadand the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver topplate.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
OuterInner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less Caster More Caster
3mm 2mm 1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+-
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONT CAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPER ARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 feat ures the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
B
bag
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8
SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust the caster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
Front Anti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint: Using a needle nose pliers to install or reinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1: When putting the clips behind upper arms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering with steering slider.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentric bushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
Eccentric Total Characteristics
Bushing
FF-1 6˚ Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF0 7˚
FF1 8˚ Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper arm Sharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper arm Slower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.Rear Anti-Squat Adjustment: Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the different plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of the rear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
Rear Anti-Squat
Adjustment
6.Camber Adjustment(Front): Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp. Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0 Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2 Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4 Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter. More steering
Negative camber.
Eccentric Servo saver Camber adjusting range
bushings top plate of the front camber
Outer hole More camber adjustment
Inner hole Less camber adjustment
Note1: To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkhead and the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver top plate.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.CamberAdjustment(Rear):Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop)Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop)Adjustment:The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
SetscrewsRide heightCharacteristics
Screwing inBecomes lowerLess steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
UnscrewingBecomes higherMore steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L)Steering Characteristics
Making longer.Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter.Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1:You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in thedif ferent holes
in the shock towers and outer rearhubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-UpSheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2:Ensure you make equal adjustmentson both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.AckermanAdjustment:Adjust theAckerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rodCharacteristics
mounting holes
Forward holesMakes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holesMakes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
x3
x3
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
Outer Inner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONTREAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866SWAYBAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867SWAYBAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less Caster More Caster
3mm 2mm 1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+ -
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONT CAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPER ARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-RCARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-SCARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-RANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399 ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 features the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
C
bag
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust the caster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
Front Anti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint: Using a needle nose pliers to install or reinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1: When putting the clips behind upper arms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering with steering slider.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentric bushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
Eccentric Total Characteristics
Bushing
FF-1 6˚ Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF0 7˚
FF1 8˚ Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper arm Sharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper arm Slower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.Rear Anti-Squat Adjustment: Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the different plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of the rear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
Rear Anti-Squat
Adjustment
6.Camber Adjustment(Front): Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp. Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0 Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2 Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4 Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter. More steering
Negative camber.
Eccentric Servo saver Camber adjusting range
bushings top plate of the front camber
Outer hole More camber adjustment
Inner hole Less camber adjustment
Note1: To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkhead and the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver top plate.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.Camber Adjustment(Rear): Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop) Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop) Adjustment: The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
Setscrews Ride height Characteristics
Screwing in Becomes lower Less steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
Unscrewing Becomes higher More steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter. Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1: You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in the different holes
in the shock towers and outer rear hubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-Up Sheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.Ackerman Adjustment: Adjust the Ackerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rod Characteristics
mounting holes
Forward holes Makes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holes Makes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
Outer Inner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearmesh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of DriverDateTrackRadioServoEnginePlug
FuelSpur/ Clutch BellWheelsTiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
FrontRear
Shaft TypeStdOther:StdOther:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil##
SpringBlue: Softer(3.2lb)Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb)Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb)Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mmmm
REBOUND STOP
FrontRear
mmmm
CAMBERANGLE
FrontRear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONTARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil###
TOEANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET
FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLARED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONT REAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0 RR3
ArmFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
TowerFrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front
INOUT
Rear
INOUT
FrontRear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less Caster More Caster
3mm 2mm 1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+ -
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: %
T/T
+-
+-
OUTIN
IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase. To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONT CAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPER ARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-R CARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-S CARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1 CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2 CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399 ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 feat ures the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
D
bag
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint:You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust the caster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
Front Anti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint: Using a needle nose pliers to install or reinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1: When putting the clips behind upper arms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering with steering slider.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentric bushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
Eccentric Total Characteristics
Bushing
FF-1 6˚ Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF0 7˚
FF1 8˚ Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper arm Sharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper arm Slower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.Rear Anti-Squat Adjustment: Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the different plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of the rear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
Rear Anti-Squat
Adjustment
6.Camber Adjustment(Front): Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp. Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0 Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2 Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4 Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter. More steering
Negative camber.
Eccentric Servo saver Camber adjusting range
bushings top plate of the front camber
Outer hole More camber adjustment
Inner hole Less camber adjustment
Note1: To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkhead and the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver top plate.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.Camber Adjustment(Rear): Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop) Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop) Adjustment: The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
Setscrews Ride height Characteristics
Screwing in Becomes lower Less steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
Unscrewing Becomes higher More steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter. Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1: You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in the different holes
in the shock towers and outer rear hubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-Up Sheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.Ackerman Adjustment: Adjust the Ackerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rod Characteristics
mounting holes
Forward holes Makes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holes Makes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
Outer Inner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CAglue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included
Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearme sh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of Driver Date Track Radio ServoEnginePlug
Fuel Spur/ Clutch Bell Wheels TiresInnerMuffler
SHOCKS
Front Rear
Shaft Type Std Other: Std Other:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil # #
Spring Blue: Softer(3.2lb) Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb) Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb) Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mm mm
REBOUND STOP
Front Rear
mm mm
CAMBER ANGLE
Front Rear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm ˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONT ARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
FrontCenterRear
Oil # ##
TOE ANGLE
FrontRear
˚ mm1 ,1.5 ,2 ,3
SET UP SHEET FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPERARM POSITION
Spacer:Max. 5mm
Front:mm
Rear:mm
STEERING PLATE
A:Front
B:Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
RearGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
FrontRear
FF-1RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FRRR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: PlaceTQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONT REAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before Cutting After Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0 RR3
Arm FrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower FrontRear
Mounting
IN /OUTIN /OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619 CLUTCH BELL 26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993 ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION
http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front INOUT Rear
INOUT
Front Rear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less Caster More Caster
3mm 2mm 1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+ -
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: % T/ T
+ - +-
OUT IN IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.

ThunderTiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship.The
total monetary value under warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased.This warranty does
not cover any components damaged by use or modification. Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported
within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of purchase.To receive part
or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorizedThunderTiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no
circumstances can a dealer or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
No.6232-K10
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specification changes.
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Marked "F"
Marked "R"
Note orientation
Note orientation
1. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR COMPLETION
2. ADDITIONAL
ITEMS NEEDED
FOR STARTING
ENGINE
3. TOOLS NEEDED
FOR ASSEMBLY
4. EQUIPMENT
NEEDED FOR
ASSEMBLY
5. TOOLS
INCLUDED IN KIT
6. SYMBOL USED
THROUGHOUT
THE INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
Steering Bell-Crank
Fill the diff case with
silicone oil 80% full
I n s er t b r ak e d i sk
between brake Pads.
Route servo lead as shown
Route the receiver wire through the
mounting hole and the antenna tube.
Neutral
Turn on the transmitter and receiver and set engine control servo trim to the neutral
position.
Adjust the idle adjustment screw on the carburetor to open approx. 1mm.
Adjust both throttle linkage and brake linkage accordingly.
❋Do not adjust engine while it is running.
High throttle
Adjust the servo-horn mounting position for the carburetor to open fully.
Change the pivot mounting position on the servo horn in case the carburetor is not open
fully or if it is opening excessively.
Or if ATV/ EPA functions are available on the transmitter, adjust the throttle high end point.
Brake
Adjust the collars so the brakes work smoothly.
If the brake applies too much or not enough, adjust the adjustment collars accordingly.
Or if available on the transmitter, adjust the brake endpoint.
1. Use recommended grade of silicon oil and fill the shock
bodies.
2. Move the shaft / piston up & down gently (But never break
oil surface)
3. To release any trapped air inside the silicon oil, let it sit
for a few minutes for all the air bubbles to be release.
FRONT CAMBER
REAR CAMBER
Initial Setting
Ackerman Position
F
R
PD1857 ALUM SERVO SAVER
SET
Front & Rear
differential
Center
differential
PD1841 A7075 RR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
PD1840 A7075 FR SHOCK
TOWER,S3 OPT
Pushing universal joint against
the pinion gear to remove gap.
And then tighten set screw
onto the gear flat spot.
PD1847 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF-1, S3 OPT
PD1848 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF0, S3 OPT
PD1849 ALUM FR PLATE FR
TRANS, FF+1, S3 OPT
PD1855 A7075 UPPER ARM
PLATE, S3 OPT
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
PD1853 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2, S3 OPT
PD1991 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+2.5, S3 OPT
PD1854 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+3, S3 OPT
PD1992 A7075 RR PLATE RR
TRANS, RR+4, S3 OPT
PD1842-R CARBON SERVO
TRAY(R), S3 OPT
PD1842-S CARBON SERVO
TRAY(S), S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
JD1577
PD1994 ALUM SHOCK SPRING
RETAINER, S3 OPT
PD1995 ALUM SHOCK BOTTOM,
S3
PD1996 FR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE3.2lb)
1.6mm(BLACK5.2lb), S3
PD1997 RR SHOCK SPRING SET,
1.4mm(BLUE2.7lb)
1.6mm(BLACK4.5lb), S3
PD1862 WING POST, S3 OPT
AD2523-R ANODIZED
WASHER, OPT
PD0680 CT MACHINE SCREW
M3x14mm
PD1865 LITE SELF-LOCK WHL
HEX NUT, S3 OPT
PD1998 STEEL MAIN GEAR,
48T
PD1845 CTR DIFF MOUNT, S3 OPT
PD1861 HEATSINK DISC BRAKE,
S3 OPT
From B bag
PD1980-1CLUTCH SPRING, 0.9mm
PD1980-2CLUTCH SPRING, 1.1mm
PD0590 TIRE W/FOAM CUBIC, 1/8
PD1946-W 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-Y 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm YELLOW, 1/8
PD1946-B 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm BLACK, 1/8
PD1946-G 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm GREEN, 1/8
PD1946-P 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm PINK, 1/8
PD1946-O 5-SPOKE WHL, 17mm ORANGE, 1/8
PD0399 ALUM TURNBUCKLE
WRENCH, 5mm
The ultimate rally car basher, The EB-4 S3 RG, is going
to dominate the Rally Game race now. Based on the EB-
4 S3 pro level buggy, the car has proved the pure blood
in its race gene. Sharing the same out-standing suspension
arms and shoc k absorbs with EB-4 S3 features the
maximum flexibility to set the to vary from track condition.
Tons of steering and perfect handling let seeing the car
perform like a real rally racer. Fully array of hop-ups are
ready to be load to bulletproofed your racer. If you have
never ever experienced the thrill of the rally game, you
definitely want to start from it now.
1/8th Nitro Powered 4WD Rally Car
◆
Engine and electrics are not included in the kit.
9796 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2035
9796-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2035
PD1859 LITE ENGINE MOUNT
9797 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE, EFRA 2039
9797-1 3-CHAMBER TUNED PIPE,
W/ MANIFOLD EFRA 2039
Note orientation
PD1860 HARD SWAY BAR
BALL, S3
PD1863 LITE PIVOT BALL,
S3 OPT
PD1864 LITE HEX WHL ADAPTER,
S3 OPT
Note orientation
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
Insert the ball joints
into the suspension
holders.
Tentatively tighten the
two screws
FR0
RF2
3x10mm
3x8mm
4x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x12mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
4x12mm
PD1850 A7075 RR PLATE FR
TRANS, FR0, S3 OPT
3x10mm
4x12mm
Apply silicon oil to
hold gasket to
bottom of bulkhead.
PD1851 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF0, S3 OPT
PD1989 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+2, S3 OPT
PD1990 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+3, S3 OPT
PD1852 A7075 FR PLATE RR
TRANS, RF+4, S3 OPT
3x8mm
Flat at bottom, curve side
backward
PD1843-S CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(S) OPT
PD1843-R CARBON SERVO SAVER
TOP PLATE(R) OPT
PD1858 A7075 LITE ST SLIDER
W/BB
The Thunder Tiger EB-4 S3 was designed as a whole new off-road 4WD nitro-racing buggy,
especially on a high-speed and bumpy off-road track. There's no doubt that the innovation
would be the very first priority of our design team. We have set this buggy far ahead of
the current form of existing buggy design in the market in terms of the future designing
trend. The new EB-4 S3 comes with some totally new settings that have never been applied
on 1/8th scale nitro buggy before, such as the super low center of gravity, radical engineering
of a car construc tion and more than innovative, good looking and high performa nce
suspension. This is a look into the future for 1/8th scale cars and the future is here with
Thunder Tiger. However there is no compromise between the innovation and quality. Thunder
Tiger guarantees you should have many hours of trouble free use from this R/C product.
We race and test our products around the world to bring you state-of-the-art R/C products.
INTRODUCTION
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use.
Do not use airplane or boat fuels in your car/truck. Choose methanol based model engine
glow fuel that has a nitro content in the range 10%-30% and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic
oil content for lubrication. Lower nitro percentages will generally result in a cooler engine
running temperature and therefore last longer before needing a rebuild; cooler-running
engines also generally produce less power. 20% nitro is the most widely used fuel.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability
of your engine.
3. Be careful. If the tank overflows it might get on your radio gear or on your brakes and it
may create an unsafe driving situation. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in
use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or
explosion.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area
with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on the air filter element. It is important that the
foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air
can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without
any protection!
1. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter and extend the transmitter antenna.
2. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter
off.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to
induce vomiting. Consult with physician right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician
right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
FUEL
SELECTION
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and
its distributor have no control over damage resulting from shipping, improper construction,
or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no respons ibility for personal and/or proper ty
damages resulting from the use of improper building materials, equipment and operations.
By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting liability.
If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in
new, unassembled, and unused condition to the place of purchase.
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING
AA-Size Batteries for
transmitter / NiCd or
NiMh Battery
recommended
Notice: The following items are required for completion of the EB-4 S3. Some of them
are not included with this kit (unless noted), and should be obtained from the local
hobby shop nearby you. (For separate purchasing products, please refer to Thunder
Tiger professional R/C model products.)
Optional Parts
Cut off shaded portion
Tentatively tighten
Check out non-binding movement
True-to-scale diagram
Must be purchased separately
Pay attention here
Use pliers
Wire Cutter
Hobby knife
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY
1.1
1.2
STEERING SERVO SAVER
1
1.3
1
2.1
2.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
2
Note the direction of
curve side
Note Left thread, Right thread
1.4 3.1
3
3.2
4.1
4.2
GEAR DIFFERENTIALS
4
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 3,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000
FRONT & REAR BULKHEADS
4.4
4
4.5
CENTER DRIVE TRAIN
5
6.1
6
6.2
FRONT SUSPENSION
6.3
6.4
6
4.3
Part bag used
Apply C.A Glue
Apply Grease
Apply silicon oil
Apply thread locking glue
Assemble two times
Assemble left and right side the same way
Assemble in right order
Drill holes with the specified diameter (mm)
Hint
5-way Nut Wrench
Hex Wrench
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm, 5mm
GreaseCA Glue Thread Locking Glue Silicon Oil
Phillips type screwdrivers & hex wrenches
(Ref: TTR screw Drive Set )
Needle Nose Pliers
Special Reamer
(Ref: TTR Hole Punch/
Reamer No.1120)
Hobby knife
Lexan Cutter/Scissors
Wire Cutter
Glow Fuel
(Ref: R/C Model Fuel )
Fuel Bottle
Starter Box with AC/DC Power
(Ref: TTR Starter Box No.2409)
Air Filter Oil Glow Starter
Glow Plug
.21 Class Rear Exhaust Engine (Ref:
TTR PRO-21B-R Engine No.9474)
Muffler, Joining Pipe or Manifold &
Spring(Ref: TTR Muffler & Manifold
No.9796, No.9797)
4.8V~6.0V Rx Battery Pack
recommended (Flat pack)
Torque Digital Servo
(No.8119, No.8123)
2 Channel Radio Set/
FM/PCM recommended
3.8mm
Marked "R"
Secure droop screw 3.8mm on the bottom
6.5
7.1
7
7.2
REAR SUSPENSION
7.3
7.4
7
7.5
7.7
7
9.1
RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK
9
Note orientation
Wheelbase
adjustment spacers
1mm
2mm
2mm
7.6
7.8
8SIDE GUARD
Initial position on
the rear hub
10.1
10
10.2
Hint: You can use servo
grommets to protect your
servo (Not Included)
Hint: Use foam to cushion the battery pack
and receiver for vibration protection.
Servos not included
Battery pack & Receiver
not included
11.1
11.2
THROTTLE AND BRAKE LINKAGE
11
Cut the attached throttle rod
in the bag (Approxi.15mm) to
avoid interfering.
"T"-ACE R/C, Futaba
"J" -JR, Sanwa, Airtronic,
KO Propo, Multiplex
ENGINE MOUNT & CLUTCH SET
Note the orientation of
the clutch shoes.
11.3
Throttle linkage
adjustment
11 AIR FILTER 12
Cut off 15mm approx.
Idle adjustment Screw
Open fully
13.1
13
13.3
13
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Front shock (Short)
Place a few drop of silicon oil on the tip of
the shaft before inserting through the shock
body to prevent shaft thread from damaging
the o-ring seals.
HINT: There are two attached steel
balls installed inside the Anti-Bumping
piston for variable shock damping .
13.2
Hint: Use a piece of masking tape
to protect the shock shaft.
14 15
REAR WING
Initial front
shock position
Initial rear
shock position
WHEELS AND TIRES
Apply CA glue on the
edges of four wheels to
adhere the tires.
ø8.2mm
FOAM BUMPER INSTRUCTION
SET UP
3.Caster Adjustment(Front): Adjust the caster angle by changing
the plastic clips (caster shims) in the front upper hinge pin.
Front Anti-Squat
Adjustment
Caster
Adjustment
(Front)
Hint: Using a needle nose pliers to install or reinstall the clips
makes the adjustment much easier.
Note1: When putting the clips behind upper arms, cut the
ear of the clips to avoid interfering with steering slider.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
4 Front Anti-Squat: The Front Anti-Squat angle can be adjusted
using the different plastic eccentric bushings in the front
suspension plate. Please refer to the table below.
Eccentric Total Characteristics
Bushing
FF-1 6˚ Decreases steering response.
Good handling on bumpy tracks.
FF0 7˚
FF1 8˚ Increases steering response.
Good handling on smooth tracks
Steering Characteristics
Clips behind upper arm Sharper corner-in, slower corner-exit
More Caster (Note)
Clips in the front of upper arm Slower corner-in, faster corner-exit
Less Caster
SET UP
1. Toe Adjustment (Front) Adjust the front toe angle by tuning
the length of the left and right steering rod.
Toe Adjustment
(Rear)
Toe Adjustment
(Front)
Note: Ensure you adjust either the length of right and left
tie rod the same.
2. Toe Adjustment (Rear) Adjust the rear toe angle
by changing the various toe blocks behind the
rear bulkhead. Take out the embedded plastic
balls inside of the block length and re-insert
to the new toe block. Replace the toe block.
There are 4 different blocks that can be chosen
for adjustments. Please refer to the table
below.
Block No. Rear toe-in angle Steering Characteristics
RR1 Less rear toe-in Increases steering but decreases the
(Less grip ) stability on power when exiting corners.
RR 1.5
RR 2
RR 3 More rear toe-in Decreases steering but increases stability
(More grip) on power when exiting corners.
Rod length Steering Characteristics
Tuning longer • Increases straight-line stability
More front toe-in • Makes the steering response milder
Tuning shorter • Decreases straight-line stability
More front toe-out • Makes the steering response quicker
SET UP
5.Rear Anti-Squat Adjustment: Adjust the rear anti-squat of
the rear lower arms by replacing the different plastic arms
suspension holders at the front of the rear bulkhead.
Camber
Adjustment
(Front)
Rear Anti-Squat
Adjustment
6.Camber Adjustment(Front): Adjust the front camber by adjusting
the lengths of threaded parts of the front pivot balls in the upper
arms longer or shorter.
Rear susp. Characteristics
arm holders
RF 0 Less anti-squat, flat arm
Increases rear traction when cornering
Decrease rear traction when accelerating.
RF2 Easy handling on bumpy tracks
RF3
More anti-squat, leaning backwards
Decreases rear traction when cornering
RF4 Increases rear traction when accelerating
Easy handling on smooth or slippery tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and right
sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Less steering
Positive camber.
Making shorter. More steering
Negative camber.
Eccentric Servo saver Camber adjusting range
bushings top plate of the front camber
Outer hole More camber adjustment
Inner hole Less camber adjustment
Note1: To expanding the adjusting range of the front camber,
you can also change the eccentric bushing in the upper plate
at the very front of the front bulkhead and the mounting holes
of hinge holders on the servo saver top plate.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
SET UP
7.Camber Adjustment(Rear): Adjust the rear camber by
adjusting the lengths of the upper tie rods.
Ride Height (or
Droop) Adjustment
Camber
Adjustment
(Rear)
8.Ride Height (or Droop) Adjustment: The front/rear ride height
can be adjusted by screwing in or unscrewing the setscrews
in the lower arms.
Setscrews Ride height Characteristics
Screwing in Becomes lower Less steering, good handling
on smooth tracks
Unscrewing Becomes higher More steering, good handling
on rough tracks
Note: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both left and
right sides of the car.
Length(L) Steering Characteristics
Making longer. Decreases traction when entering corners.
Positive camber.
Making shorter. Increases traction when entering corners
Negative camber.
Note1: You can also adjust the rear camber by
positioning the rear upper tie rods in the different holes
in the shock towers and outer rear hubs. For more
information, please refer to the "Set-Up Sheet" in a
separate sheet.
Note2: Ensure you make equal adjustments on both
left and right sides of the car.
Ackerman
Adjustment
9.Ackerman Adjustment: Adjust the Ackerman angle by linking
the front steering rods into the different holes on the steering
slider.
Steering tie-rod Characteristics
mounting holes
Forward holes Makes the steering response milder
Suitable for high speed race way.
Rearward holes Makes the steering response sharper.
Suitable for narrow, tight tracks
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls
before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize
yourself with the model, its manual, and its construction before assembly or operation.
A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating
reference, even after completing the assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free
without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or
near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated
area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any
leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always
exercise extreme caution when assembling and/or operating this product. Do not touch
any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country.
Always check to see if there are any modelers operating on the same frequency as yours.
Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
CAUTION
Apply few drops of CA
glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate
for added strength.
Hint: Oil on the paper
gasket will hold it in place
Temporarily insert
brake disk here for
proper gap between
pads.
Choose the FR0 toe block and RF2 toe block for the initial setting. You can adjust
front caster, rear inboard toe and rear anti-squat by changing the different suspension
arm holders to meet your race requirement. For more adjusting details, please refer
to "Set Up" section.
Marked "L"
40.8 mm
Outer Inner
Insert the ball joints into
the suspension holders.
9.3
9
9.4
Apply few drops of CA glue around the profile
edge of the carbon plate for added strength.
Foam not included Hint: Cut a piece of fuel tubing as
fuel tank grommet as shown.
Muffler and manifold not included
Engine
not included
10.3
1mm
Approx 0.5mm
1.Neutral
2.High throttle
Cut the supplied
silicone tube in
J BAG
Rear shock (Long)
4. Fill the shock bodies all the way up
with silicon oil. Place the diaphragm
in the shock cap first and quickly screw
the cap into place.
Install appropriat servo horn
accordingly to your servo.
Marked "T" or "J"
3.Brake
13.4
14.1
14.2
From G BAG
M3x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x20mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x14mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
Roll Pin, ø2.5x11mm
O-ring, ø5.8x9.6mm
O-ring, ø4.4x0.8mm
0.15mm Gear Shim
0.2mm Satelite Gear Shim
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x25mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x35mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M5x4mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x30mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x16mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x12mm
Set Screw
Roll Pin, ø3x17mm
M5x4mm Set Screw
M4x12mm
Set Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x5mm
Set Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x3mm Set Screw
M3x5mm Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x8mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M3x22mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x10mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x12mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
M4x4mm Set Screw
M3x3mm
Set Screw
Flat Washer, ø2.6
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Button Head Hex Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M2.6
M3x25mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x20mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Lock Nut, M3
M3x3mm
Set Screw
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
M3x10mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø3xø8
Special Washer
Lock Nut, M3
M3x18mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
ENGINE
RADIO
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
Wrench
Ball joints must be 90˚ to each other
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x20mm
3x20mm
3x16mm
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 3
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLE 4
STEP 1 STEERING SERVO SAVER 5
STEP 2 GEAR DIFFERENTIALS 7
STEP 3 FRONT & REAR BULKHEAD 8
STEP4 CENTERDIFFMOUNT&BRAKE 
9
STEP 5 CENTER DRIVE TRAIN 11
STEP 6 FRONT SUSPENSION 12
STEP 7 REAR SUSPENSION 14
STEP 8 SIDE GUARD 16
STEP 9 RADIO BOX & FUEL TANK 17
STEP10 ENGINEMOUNT&CLUTCHSET 
19
STEP11THROTTLEANDBRAKELINKAGE
20
STEP 12 AIR FILTER 22
STEP 13 SHOCK ABSORBERS 23
STEP 14 REAR WING 24
STEP 15 WHEEL AND TIRE 26
STEP16 FOAMBUMPERINSTRUCTION
26
SET UP 27
SET UP SHEET 31
3x12mm
Right
Left
LeftRight
3x12mm
3x12mm
Note the direction
ø5x10mm
Bearing
Center diff out
drive cup
3x14mm
Hint: Use tweezer
to insert pin
3x14mm
M3x12mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
M3x16mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
5x4mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
5x4mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x25mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
Hint: Use supplied shims in bag B
to adjust the proper gearme sh.
Carefully when assembling, do not
bend shims.
M3x16mm
Brake Pad Fixing Screw
M3x8mm
Button Head Hex Screw
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
Marked "R"
Hint: Do not overtighten
aluminum screws. Make
them slightly touched, so
the pivot balls move freely.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
M3x3mm
Set Screw
For alternative
position. Please
refer to P.29 Camber
Adjustmet (Front)
Marked "R"
Please refer to setup
sheet for Camber Angle
Track Width.
ø10x19mm Bearing
ø8x16mm Bearing
20mm
Tighten set screw onto
the hinge pin flat spot.
Lock Nut, M3
M3x14mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Initial position
on the rear
shock tower
M3x14mm
Flat Head Socket Screw
For
AD2523-R
Hint: Cut the pressure nipple
beneath the tank cap for fuel
gun using.
ø3mm
Lock Washer
M3x8mm
Socket Head Hex Screw
Name of Driver Date Track Radio Servo Engine Plug
Fuel Spur/ Clutch Bell Wheels Tires Inner Muffler
SHOCKS
Front Rear
Shaft Type Std Other: Std Other:
Piston
Piston Ball
0 1 2 0 1 2
Oil # #
Spring Blue: Softer(3.2lb) Blue: Softer(2.7lb)
Red: Average(4.3lb) Red: Average(3.2lb)
Black: Harder(5.2 lb) Black: Harder(4.5lb)
Spacer mm mm
REBOUND STOP
Front Rear
mm mm
CAMBER ANGLE
Front Rear
˚Upper mm,
˚Lower mm ˚ mm
SHOCK MOUNT POSITION
Arm Mounting
FRONT ARM MOUNTING
DIFF. OIL
Front Center Rear
Oil # # #
TOE ANGLE
Front Rear
˚ mm 1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3
SET UP SHEET FRONT/ REAR SUSPENSION HOLDER
REAR UPPER ARM POSITION
Spacer: Max. 5mm
Front: mm
Rear: mm
STEERING PLATE
A: Front
B: Rear
SWAYBAR
FrontGold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
Rear Gold ø3Black ø2.7Silver ø2.5
WHEELBASEADJUSTMENT
Front Rear
FF-1 RF0
RF2
RF3
RF4
FR RR1
RR1.5
RR2
RR3
1. Rear Hub Position
2.Upper Arm Position
3. Upright Pin Position
A
B
TRACK WIDTH
Track Width mm
RACE NOTE
RearFront
Cut excess off in order not
to hit the tank.
Hint: Use the
collars to adjust
the brake rod.
Shock Silicon Oil
Front 40wt Rear 35wt
Marked "T" or "J"
Initial mounting holes
Already assembled
13.2
For
AD2523-R
From J BAG
M3x14mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Cut off shaded
portion if
necessary.
Use the fuel tubing
holder to hold the tubes
together if necessary.
Hinge Pin (short)
Hinge Pin (long)
Main: Place TQ
Notes:
Surface:SmoothBumpy
Bumps:
Traction:LowMedHigh
Composition:
SandySoft DirtGrassClayOther
WetDryDustyOther
TRACK CONDITIONS
1.0mm
M3x12mm
Button Head Hex Screw
Front Drive Train
Marked
Hint: Cut the silicon
tube to 38mm length.
1mm
Inner Outer
Intial Position
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Refer to P.29 for Camber Adjustment
Initial setting of track width
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
In order to fit the separated purchased body properly over the front foam bumper, a portion
of the bumper must be trimmed away depending on different body style. Use the supplied
1:1 scale paper template and an ink marker as show on the manual to outline the trimming
area on the front foam bumper. Then use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front foam bumper
following the mark outline.
Make sure your knife is sharp and big enough to cut into the bumper through from top
surface to the bottom. Remove all the unwanted material from the bumper. File the surface
of the foam smooth. (Hint: Or you may use a grinder for easy triming)
The bumper is now trimmed and properly fits the body that you chosen.
16
3.8mm on the bottom
FRONT REAR
FRONT CASTER
(DIAMOND SILVER)
(IMOLA RED)
13mm
Spacer:
Front:1mm2mm3mm
Rear:1mm2mm3mm
Front diff silicon oil: 5,000 5,000
Center diff silicon oil: 8,000 5,000
Rear diff silicon oil: 1,000 5,000 Refer to P.30 for droop
adjustment.
Maximun shim
installation 5mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
Refer to P.30 for
droop adjustment.
Initial setting of RR
suspension holders :RR3.
Refer to P.27 for rear toe
adjustment.
Before CuttingAfter Cutting
Engine rotation direction
Hint: The lock nuts are used if the fixing
screws get loose eventually.
From A bag
M3x6mm
Flat Head Hex Screw
1mm shim for
spare use only
FR0 RR3
Arm Front Rear
Mounting IN / OUT IN / OUT
Tower Front Rear
Mounting IN / OUT IN / OUT
Tower Mounting
Hint: The clutch tuning up is for
experienced modlers only.
3mm
2mm
1mm
3mm
2mm
1mm
1mm caster shim
for spare use
PD0470CLUTCH BELL26mm,15T, 1/8
PD0619CLUTCH BELL26mm,14T, 1/8
9279G AIR FILTER, 1/8, GREEN
9279P AIR FILTER, 1/8, PINK
9279B AIR FILTER, 1/8, BLACK
PD1866 SWAY BAR,GOLD 3mm,
S3
PD1867 SWAY BAR, SILVER
2.5mm, S3
Always use air filter oil to
treat the foam sponge.
Cut off excess of
the strap.
Use nylon strap to fasten
the filter elbow
Cut off excess of
the strap.
HINT: Place the diaphragm in the
schock cup before assembling with
shock body.
Hint: Inse rt t he
included shock clips
to adjust for spring
pre-load to set ride
height.
Marked "R"
Marked "L"
Note the orientation. The small pivot balls
are outside.
Front foam bumper not shown here.
PD1993ALUMINUM CLUTCH SHOES
Insert a sheet of paper to
adjust proper gear mesh.
PD1981-W MULTI-SPOKE WHL, WHITE, 1/8
PD1981-Y MULTI-SPOKE WHL, YELLOW, 1/8
PD1981-B MULTI-SPOKE WHL, BLACK, 1/8
PD1981-G MULTI-SPOKE WHL, GREEN, 1/8
PD1981-P MULTI-SPOKE WHL, PINK, 1/8
PD1981-O MULTI-SPOKE WHL, ORANGE, 1/8
Secure droop screw 3.9mm on the bottom
3.9mm on the bottom
3x16mm
3x35mm
3x35mm
4x12mm
3x16mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x10mm
3x30mm
4x16mm
3x3mm 3x5mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
3x18mm
From F bag
Check out non-
binding movement
Cut off shaded portion
4x12mm
3x22mm
5x4mm
3x12mm
Cut off shaded portion
3x18mm
3x5mm
3x5mm
From F bag
4x12mm
3x22mm
3x22mm
3x5mm
3x3mm
3x10mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x8mm
3x10mm
From F bag
3x10mm
3x22mm
3x10mm
3x12mm
3x12mm
4x10mm
4x12mm
3x14mm
4x4mm
3x14mm
3x8mm
THUNDER TIGER CORPORATION http://www.thundertiger.com
FF0
FF1
3x8mm
3x16mm
3x16mm
3x12mm
3x8mm
Recommended
3x20mm
3x25mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
3x3mm
Long
Long
Short
3x3mm
Short
Rear Sock
Front Sock
Long
Short
3x16mm
5mm
3.9mm
2.5mm
7mm
7.5mm RR3
From I bag
3mm3mm
Servo tie rod
Upper
Lower
Track Width 275mm approx.
RR(1 , 1.5 , 2 , 3)
Front IN OUT Rear IN OUT
Front Rear
The initial setting of the Diffs oil meets most off-road
tracks for stable handling. Thicker silicon oil will decrease
the vehicle's turning capability and increase its forward
traction. Thinner oil is just the opposite that gives you
different handling. Ask an experienced modeler or your
hobby shop for further advice at your local track.
RALLY GAME
RALLY GAME
OUT IN
IN
Less Caster More Caster
3mm 2mm 1mm
6˚~ 8˚
0˚~ 4˚
+ -
+-
FRONT TOE
REAR TOE
3mm
2mm
1mm
(Shock Oil Brand: )
1
3
2
1mm
2mm
3mm
3x14mm
3x14mm
3x18mm
1mm2mm
3x10mm
Brand:
Nitro: % T/ T
+ - +-
OUT IN IN
Maxsimun Installation: 5mm
3x6mm
3x10mm
3x10mm
3x3mm
1. Find the paper template in the bag.And then
cut the template accordingly.
2. Tentatively stick the paper template upon the
surface of the foam bumper.
3. Choose one outline to fit your body style. Use
an ink marker to outline the trimming area.
4. Use a sharp hobby knife to cut the front bumper
following the marked outline.